Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions
m>Dragons flight (keep format together with URL) |
m (21 revisions imported from wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1: see Topic:Vtixlm0q28eo6jtf) |
||
(173 intermediate revisions by 16 users not shown) | |||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
require('Module:No globals'); | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | ||
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit | |||
]] | |||
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | |||
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers | |||
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | |||
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration | |||
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist | |||
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- | |||
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from | |||
other modules; that are created here and used here | |||
]] | |||
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once | |||
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once | |||
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category | |||
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table | |||
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, | |||
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. | |||
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs | |||
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate | |||
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. | |||
]] | |||
local function first_set (list, count) | |||
local i = 1; | |||
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | |||
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then | |||
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- point to next | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- | |||
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. | |||
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. | |||
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function add_vanc_error (source, position) | |||
if added_vanc_errs then return end | |||
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } ); | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it | |||
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: | |||
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a | |||
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus | |||
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). | |||
returns true if it does, else false | |||
]] | |||
local function is_scheme (scheme) | |||
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- | |||
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? | |||
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 | |||
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 | |||
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; | |||
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] | |||
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db | |||
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between | |||
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. | |||
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported | |||
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld | |||
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped | |||
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. | |||
There are several tests: | |||
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit | |||
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 | |||
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs | |||
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | |||
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD | |||
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) | |||
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | |||
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | |||
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | |||
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_domain_name (domain) | |||
if not domain then | |||
return false; -- if not set, abandon | |||
end | |||
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once | |||
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix | |||
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) | |||
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) | |||
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD | |||
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address | |||
} | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list | |||
if domain:match (pattern) then | |||
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL | |||
end | |||
end | |||
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains | |||
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then | |||
return true | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. | |||
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that | |||
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external | |||
wikilinks. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_url (scheme, domain) | |||
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain | |||
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); | |||
else | |||
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. | |||
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). | |||
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. | |||
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one | |||
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | |||
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes | |||
like news: that don't use authority indicator? | |||
Strip off any port and path; | |||
]] | |||
local function split_url (url_str) | |||
local scheme, authority, domain; | |||
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') | |||
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL | |||
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') | |||
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name | |||
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions | |||
if utilities.is_set (authority) then | |||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; | |||
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then | |||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? | |||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present | |||
end | |||
return scheme, domain; | |||
end | end | ||
function | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | ||
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs | |||
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: | |||
# < > [ ] | { } _ | |||
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links | |||
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. | |||
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the | |||
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). | |||
]] | |||
local function link_param_ok (value) | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; | |||
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | |||
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. | |||
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when | |||
that condition exists | |||
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language | |||
code and must begin with a colon. | |||
]] | |||
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) | |||
local orig; | |||
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value | |||
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup | |||
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter | |||
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup | |||
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter | |||
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki | |||
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix | |||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon | |||
orig = lorig; -- flag as error | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (orig) then | |||
link = ''; -- unset | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; | |||
end | |||
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. | |||
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain | |||
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two | |||
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. | |||
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links | |||
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name | |||
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 | |||
]] | |||
local function check_url( url_str ) | |||
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; | |||
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups | |||
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); | |||
end | |||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- | |||
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first | |||
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks | |||
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. | |||
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that | |||
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, | |||
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] | |||
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | |||
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); | |||
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | |||
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | |||
else | |||
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL | |||
end | |||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- | |||
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. | |||
]] | |||
local function check_for_url (parameter_list) | |||
local error_message = ''; | |||
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | |||
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message | |||
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... | |||
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator | |||
end | |||
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions | |||
]] | |||
local function safe_for_url( str ) | |||
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { | |||
['['] = '[', | |||
[']'] = ']', | |||
['\n'] = ' ' } ); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- | |||
Format an external link with error checking | |||
]] | |||
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) | |||
local error_str = ""; | |||
local domain; | |||
local path; | |||
local base_url; | |||
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then | |||
label = URL; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then | |||
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); | |||
else | |||
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if not check_url( URL ) then | |||
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; | |||
end | |||
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path | |||
if path then -- if there is a path portion | |||
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values | |||
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble | |||
end | |||
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL | |||
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) | |||
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon | |||
end | |||
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str}); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- | |||
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the | |||
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated | |||
parameters in the citation. | |||
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function deprecated_parameter(name) | |||
if not added_deprecated_cat then | |||
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------ | |||
Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters. Only | |||
one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation. | |||
added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function discouraged_parameter(name) | |||
if not added_discouraged_cat then | |||
added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote | |||
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. | |||
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: | |||
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" | |||
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) | |||
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. | |||
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter | |||
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. | |||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. | |||
]=] | |||
local function kern_quotes (str) | |||
local cap = ''; | |||
local cap2 = ''; | |||
local wl_type, label, link; | |||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | |||
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks | |||
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); | |||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); | |||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); | |||
end | |||
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable | |||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) | |||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) | |||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | |||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then | |||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); | |||
end | |||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | |||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then | |||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); | |||
end | |||
if 2 == wl_type then | |||
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink | |||
else | |||
str = label; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return str; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- | |||
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should | |||
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped | |||
in italic markup. | |||
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. | |||
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: | |||
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) | |||
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: | |||
|script-title=ja : *** *** | |||
|script-title=ja: *** *** | |||
|script-title=ja :*** *** | |||
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** | |||
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can | |||
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute | |||
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. | |||
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= | |||
]] | |||
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) | |||
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string | |||
local name; | |||
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix | |||
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | |||
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message | |||
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | |||
end | |||
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script | |||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? | |||
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | |||
-- is prefix one of these language codes? | |||
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) | |||
else | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message | |||
end | |||
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | |||
else | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message | |||
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | |||
end | |||
else | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message | |||
end | |||
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL | |||
return script_value; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ | |||
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been | |||
wrapped in <bdi> tags. | |||
]] | |||
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (script) then | |||
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error | |||
if utilities.is_set (script) then | |||
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return title; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list | |||
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken | |||
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). | |||
]] | |||
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) | |||
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then | |||
return ""; | |||
end | |||
if true == lower then | |||
local msg; | |||
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before | |||
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text | |||
else | |||
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- | |||
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate | |||
label; nil else. | |||
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= | |||
]] | |||
local function wikisource_url_make (str) | |||
local wl_type, D, L; | |||
local ws_url, ws_label; | |||
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); | |||
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) | |||
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= | |||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title | |||
}); | |||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL | |||
end | |||
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] | |||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title | |||
}); | |||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL | |||
end | |||
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) | |||
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if ws_url then | |||
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL | |||
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker | |||
end | |||
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- | |||
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, | |||
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) | |||
local periodical_error = ''; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then | |||
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | |||
else | |||
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style | |||
end | |||
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then | |||
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); | |||
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then | |||
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; | |||
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical | |||
periodical = trans_periodical; | |||
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return periodical .. periodical_error; | |||
end | |||
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- | |||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, | |||
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used | |||
for error messages). | |||
]] | |||
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) | |||
local chapter_error = ''; | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link | |||
if ws_url then | |||
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters | |||
chapter = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then | |||
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | |||
else | |||
if false == no_quotes then | |||
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks | |||
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then | |||
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate | |||
elseif ws_url then | |||
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? | |||
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then | |||
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); | |||
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then | |||
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; | |||
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter | |||
chapter = trans_chapter; | |||
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> | |||
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return chapter .. chapter_error; | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- | |||
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. | |||
The search stops at the first match. | |||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. | |||
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers | |||
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. | |||
See also coins_cleanup(). | |||
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the | |||
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, | |||
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. | |||
]] | |||
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) | |||
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker | |||
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker | |||
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found | |||
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true | |||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters | |||
return; | |||
end | |||
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do | |||
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name | |||
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it | |||
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern | |||
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character | |||
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts | |||
position = nil; -- unset position | |||
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? | |||
position = nil; -- unset position | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if position then | |||
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) | |||
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters | |||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag | |||
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker | |||
position = nil; -- unset | |||
else | |||
local err_msg; | |||
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then | |||
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; | |||
else | |||
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; | |||
end | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done with this parameter | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- | |||
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined | |||
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to | |||
single internal variable. | |||
]] | |||
local function argument_wrapper ( args ) | |||
local origin = {}; | |||
return setmetatable({ | |||
ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) | |||
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. | |||
return origin[k]; | |||
end | |||
}, | |||
{ | |||
__index = function ( tbl, k ) | |||
if origin[k] ~= nil then | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; | |||
if type( list ) == 'table' then | |||
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); | |||
if origin[k] == nil then | |||
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil | |||
end | |||
elseif list ~= nil then | |||
v, origin[k] = args[list], list; | |||
else | |||
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error? | |||
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; | |||
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); | |||
end | |||
-- Empty strings, not nil; | |||
if v == nil then | |||
v = ''; | |||
origin[k] = ''; | |||
end | |||
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); | |||
return v; | |||
end, | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- | |||
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. | |||
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: | |||
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY | |||
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. | |||
]] | |||
local function nowrap_date (date) | |||
local cap = ''; | |||
local cap2 = ''; | |||
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then | |||
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); | |||
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then | |||
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); | |||
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); | |||
end | |||
return date; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- | |||
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including | |||
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the | |||
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation | |||
(|type=none). | |||
]] | |||
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | |||
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then | |||
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then | |||
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed | |||
end | |||
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value | |||
end | |||
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- | |||
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate | |||
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: | |||
letter - letter (A - B) | |||
digit - digit (4-5) | |||
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) | |||
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and | |||
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) | |||
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and | |||
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) | |||
any other forms are returned unmodified. | |||
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list | |||
]] | |||
local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
return str; | |||
end | |||
local accept; -- Boolean | |||
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split | |||
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character | |||
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character | |||
local out = {}; | |||
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any | |||
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list | |||
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item | |||
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators | |||
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) | |||
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) | |||
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit | |||
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit | |||
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter | |||
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters | |||
else | |||
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace | |||
end | |||
end | |||
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table | |||
end | |||
local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string | |||
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out | |||
if accept then | |||
temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value | |||
return temp_str; | |||
else | |||
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- | |||
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. | |||
]] | |||
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) | |||
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' | |||
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions | |||
f.gsub = string.gsub | |||
f.match = string.match | |||
f.sub = string.sub | |||
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions | |||
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub | |||
f.match = mw.ustring.match | |||
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub | |||
end | |||
local str = ''; -- the output string | |||
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? | |||
local end_chr = ''; | |||
local trim; | |||
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do | |||
if value == nil then value = ''; end | |||
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty | |||
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) | |||
elseif value ~= '' then | |||
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. | |||
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) | |||
else | |||
comp = value; | |||
end | |||
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc | |||
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? | |||
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the | |||
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? | |||
trim = false; | |||
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string | |||
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? | |||
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it | |||
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup | |||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' | |||
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' | |||
trim = true; -- same question | |||
end | |||
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup | |||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. | |||
trim = true; | |||
end | |||
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space | |||
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if trim then | |||
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup | |||
local dup2 = duplicate_char; | |||
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it | |||
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup | |||
else | |||
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return str; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- | |||
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. | |||
Puncutation not allowed. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_suffix (suffix) | |||
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- | |||
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin | |||
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical | |||
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin | |||
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that | |||
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this | |||
so editors may/must. | |||
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined | |||
in the four Unicode Latin character sets | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F | |||
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. | |||
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |||
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods | |||
This original test: | |||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") | |||
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then | |||
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor | |||
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has | |||
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes | |||
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor | |||
to maintain this code. | |||
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) | |||
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) | |||
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) | |||
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) | |||
]] | |||
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) | |||
if not suffix then | |||
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix | |||
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials | |||
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then | |||
if not is_suffix (suffix) then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); | |||
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | |||
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); | |||
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization | |||
end; | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ | |||
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. | |||
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. | |||
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. | |||
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered | |||
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. | |||
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format | |||
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. | |||
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the | |||
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). | |||
]] | |||
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) | |||
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | |||
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix | |||
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? | |||
end | |||
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix | |||
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials | |||
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix | |||
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? | |||
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do | |||
else | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message | |||
return first; -- and return first unmolested | |||
end | |||
else | |||
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word | |||
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials | |||
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials | |||
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix | |||
while names[i] do -- loop through the table | |||
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) | |||
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present | |||
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix | |||
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table | |||
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name | |||
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization | |||
end | |||
if 3 > i then | |||
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter | |||
end | |||
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- | |||
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) | |||
names in the list will be linked when | |||
|<name>-link= has a value | |||
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been | |||
rendered previously so should have been linked there | |||
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered | |||
]] | |||
local function list_people (control, people, etal) | |||
local sep; | |||
local namesep; | |||
local format = control.format; | |||
local maximum = control.maximum; | |||
local name_list = {}; | |||
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? | |||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma | |||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space | |||
else | |||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon | |||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | |||
end | |||
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end | |||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names | |||
for i, person in ipairs (people) do | |||
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then | |||
local mask = person.mask; | |||
local one; | |||
local sep_one = sep; | |||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then | |||
etal = true; | |||
break; | |||
end | |||
if mask then | |||
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else | |||
if n then | |||
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name | |||
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil | |||
else | |||
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) | |||
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator | |||
end | |||
else | |||
one = person.last; -- get surname | |||
local first = person.first -- get given name | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format | |||
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |||
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested | |||
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials | |||
end | |||
end | |||
one = one .. namesep .. first; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then | |||
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor | |||
end | |||
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) | |||
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names | |||
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 | |||
if 0 < count then | |||
if 1 < count and not etal then | |||
if 'amp' == format then | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text | |||
elseif 'and' == format then | |||
if 2 == count then | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text | |||
else | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator | |||
end | |||
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list | |||
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list | |||
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. | |||
end | |||
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- | |||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise | |||
returns an empty string. | |||
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that | |||
order. year is Year or anchor_year. | |||
]] | |||
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) | |||
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year | |||
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names | |||
names[i] = v.last | |||
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done | |||
end | |||
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end | |||
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id | |||
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string | |||
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion | |||
else | |||
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- | |||
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on | |||
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and | |||
the function returns the modified name and the flag. | |||
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because | |||
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated | |||
|display-<names>=etal parameter | |||
]] | |||
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return | |||
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns | |||
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name | |||
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text | |||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) | |||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return name, etal; | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- | |||
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch | |||
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the | |||
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. | |||
returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then | |||
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------ | |||
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: | |||
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and | |||
are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup | |||
maintenance category. | |||
returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) | |||
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and | |||
if name:match (pattern) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template | |||
break; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ | |||
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. | |||
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" | |||
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. | |||
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. | |||
returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) | |||
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then | |||
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas | |||
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons | |||
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in | |||
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the | |||
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add | |||
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new | |||
-- entities | |||
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps | |||
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps | |||
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, | |||
-- they also can be subtracted. | |||
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------- | |||
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content | |||
of the various name-holding parameters. | |||
]] | |||
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) | |||
local accept_name; | |||
if utilities.is_set (last) then | |||
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> | |||
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) | |||
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | |||
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> | |||
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation | |||
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return last, first; -- done | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- | |||
Gets name list from the input arguments | |||
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters | |||
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching | |||
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: | |||
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the | |||
search is done. | |||
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching | |||
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= | |||
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not | |||
required to have a matching |firstn=. | |||
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' | |||
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() | |||
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps | |||
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. | |||
]] | |||
local function extract_names(args, list_name) | |||
local names = {}; -- table of names | |||
local last; -- individual name components | |||
local first; | |||
local link; | |||
local mask; | |||
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer | |||
local n = 1; -- output table indexer | |||
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | |||
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | |||
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging | |||
while true do | |||
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | |||
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks | |||
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | |||
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', { | |||
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate | |||
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form | |||
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | |||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | |||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | |||
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up | |||
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which | |||
end | |||
else -- we have last with or without a first | |||
local result; | |||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup | |||
if first then | |||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup | |||
end | |||
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | |||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | |||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | |||
end | |||
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location | |||
end | |||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag | |||
end | end | ||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >---------------------- | |||
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. | |||
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because | |||
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, | |||
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia | |||
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no | |||
match, we return the original language name string. | |||
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of | |||
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' | |||
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support | |||
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a | |||
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. | |||
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found | |||
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc | |||
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the | |||
|language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name | |||
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the | |||
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the | |||
WikiMedia language name. | |||
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes: | |||
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup | |||
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code | |||
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. | |||
]] | |||
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) | |||
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct) | |||
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code | |||
end | |||
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes | |||
local ietf_name; | |||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons | |||
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language | |||
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then | |||
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported | |||
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code | |||
end | |||
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name | |||
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return | |||
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else | |||
end | end | ||
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ | |||
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code | |||
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that | |||
was provided with the language parameter. | |||
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is | |||
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). | |||
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category | |||
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. | |||
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does | |||
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is | |||
recognized but code 'ara' is not. | |||
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th | |||
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with | |||
optional space characters. | |||
]] | |||
local function language_parameter (lang) | |||
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code | |||
local name; -- the language name | |||
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered | |||
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= | |||
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name | |||
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list | |||
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang | |||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap | |||
if name then -- there was a remapped code so | |||
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag | |||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code | |||
end | |||
else | |||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code | |||
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code | |||
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code | |||
code = lang:lower(); -- save it | |||
else | |||
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes | |||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names | |||
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | |||
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization | |||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template | |||
end | |||
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it | |||
end | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | |||
end | |||
table.insert (language_list, name); | |||
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it | |||
end | |||
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); | |||
if this_wiki_name == name then | |||
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) | |||
end | |||
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' | |||
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list | |||
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format | |||
]] | |||
end | end | ||
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- | |||
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. | |||
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. | |||
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. | |||
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. | |||
]] | |||
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) | |||
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then | |||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript | |||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style | |||
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); | |||
end | |||
else | |||
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; | |||
end | |||
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- | |||
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the | |||
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. | |||
]] | |||
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) | |||
local sep; | |||
if 'cs2' == mode then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); | |||
elseif 'cs1' == mode then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); | |||
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); | |||
else | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); | |||
end | |||
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then | |||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript | |||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style | |||
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); | |||
end | |||
postscript = ''; | |||
end | |||
return sep, postscript | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- | |||
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions | |||
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. | |||
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_pdf (url) | |||
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or | |||
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or | |||
url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- | |||
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message | |||
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter | |||
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document | |||
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with | |||
the appropriate styling. | |||
]] | |||
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (format) then | |||
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize | |||
if not utilities.is_set (url) then | |||
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message | |||
end | |||
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then | |||
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF | |||
else | else | ||
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
return format; | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ | |||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor | |||
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. | |||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, | |||
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default | |||
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). | |||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number | |||
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. | |||
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | |||
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | |||
inputs: | |||
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal | |||
count: #a or #e | |||
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' | |||
etal: author_etal or editor_etal | |||
]] | |||
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (max) then | |||
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings | |||
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. | |||
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() | |||
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers | |||
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | |||
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
max = nil; | |||
end | |||
else -- not a valid keyword or number | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return max, etal; | |||
end | |||
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- | |||
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be | |||
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. | |||
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: | |||
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px | |||
where x and X are letters and # is a digit | |||
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG | |||
]] | |||
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) | |||
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns | |||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ | |||
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. | |||
For |volume=: | |||
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter | |||
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so | |||
are allowed. | |||
For |issue=: | |||
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the | |||
parameter content (all case insensitive). | |||
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or | |||
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. | |||
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value | |||
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message | |||
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= | |||
sets error message on failure; returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (val) then | |||
return; | |||
end | |||
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; | |||
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; | |||
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns | |||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- | |||
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled | |||
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the | |||
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked | |||
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) | |||
]=] | |||
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) | |||
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas | |||
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder | |||
local i = 1; | |||
while name_table[i] do | |||
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses | |||
local name = name_table[i]; | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment | |||
while name_table[i] do | |||
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments | |||
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses | |||
break; -- and done reassembling so | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer | |||
end | |||
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink | |||
else | |||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | |||
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name | |||
if 1 == wl_type then | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] | |||
else | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string | |||
end | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; | |||
end | |||
return output_table; | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- | |||
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and | |||
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. | |||
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names | |||
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance | |||
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. | |||
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. | |||
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. | |||
]] | |||
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) | |||
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= | |||
local v_name_table = {}; | |||
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table | |||
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter | |||
local last, first, link, mask, suffix; | |||
local corporate = false; | |||
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) | |||
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas | |||
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do | |||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |||
local accept_name; | |||
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> | |||
if accept_name then | |||
last = v_name; | |||
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() | |||
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then | |||
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); | |||
end | |||
local lastfirstTable = {} | |||
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") | |||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix | |||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters | |||
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix | |||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table | |||
end | |||
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix | |||
if not utilities.is_set (last) then | |||
first = ''; -- unset | |||
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials | |||
end | |||
else | |||
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials | |||
end | |||
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit | |||
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then | |||
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | |||
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if not corporate then | |||
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; | |||
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list | |||
end | |||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ | |||
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or | |||
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. | |||
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; | |||
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) | |||
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second | |||
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better | |||
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. | |||
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. | |||
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. | |||
]] | |||
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) | |||
local lastfirst = false; | |||
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then | |||
lastfirst = true; | |||
end | |||
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions | |||
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or | |||
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then | |||
local err_name; | |||
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | |||
err_name = 'author'; | |||
else | |||
err_name = 'editor'; | |||
end | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', | |||
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | |||
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; | |||
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; | |||
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is used | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ | ||
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number | |||
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing | |||
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one | |||
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value | |||
specified by ret_val. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (value) then | |||
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then | |||
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword | |||
else | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message | |||
return ret_val; | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- | ||
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space | |||
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two | |||
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a | |||
single space character. | |||
]] | |||
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) | |||
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated | |||
return name_list; -- just return the name list | |||
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char | |||
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another | |||
else | |||
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- | |||
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume | |||
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return ''; | |||
end | |||
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); | |||
else | |||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |||
end | |||
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine | |||
if utilities.is_set (volume) then | |||
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face | |||
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); | |||
else -- four or less characters | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); | |||
end | |||
return vol; | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- | |||
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. | |||
The return order is: | |||
page, pages, sheet, sheets | |||
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) | |||
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators | |||
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then | |||
if 'journal' == origin then | |||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; | |||
else | |||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then | |||
if 'journal' == origin then | |||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); | |||
else | |||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); | |||
if utilities.is_set (page) then | |||
if is_journal then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; | |||
elseif not nopp then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |||
else | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then | |||
if is_journal then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; | |||
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
elseif not nopp then | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
else | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is | |||
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- | |||
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. | |||
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text | |||
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and | |||
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? | |||
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; | |||
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned | |||
to a new name)? | |||
]] | |||
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) | |||
if utilities.is_set (page) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
pages = ''; -- unset the others | |||
at = ''; | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
at = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return page, pages, at, coins_pages; | |||
end | end | ||
-- | --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ | ||
function | |||
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value | |||
]] | |||
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) | |||
if utilities.is_set (archive) then | |||
if archive == url or archive == c_url then | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return archive, date; | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | |||
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the | |||
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) | |||
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow | |||
unwitting readers to do. | |||
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own | |||
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. | |||
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and | |||
|archive-date= and an error message when: | |||
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL | |||
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the | |||
correct place | |||
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= | |||
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: | |||
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form | |||
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form | |||
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags | |||
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) | |||
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. | |||
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified | |||
archive URL: | |||
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) | |||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified | |||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) | |||
]=] | |||
local function archive_url_check (url, date) | |||
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty | |||
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL | |||
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL | |||
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; | |||
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL | |||
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; | |||
else | |||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation | |||
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; | |||
if '*' ~= flag then | |||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | |||
else | |||
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- if here, something not right so | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and | |||
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then | |||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
else | |||
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because | |||
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) | |||
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits | |||
]] | |||
local function place_check (param_val) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted | |||
return param_val; -- return that empty state | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat | |||
end | |||
return param_val; -- and done | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- | |||
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else | |||
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language | |||
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in | |||
index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) | |||
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so | |||
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_generic_title (title) | |||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case | |||
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments | |||
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then | |||
return true; -- found English generic title so done | |||
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title | |||
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script | |||
return true; -- found local generic title so done | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- | |||
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else | |||
]] | |||
local function is_archived_copy (title) | |||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case | |||
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' | |||
return true; | |||
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then | |||
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is used | |||
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | |||
]] | |||
local function citation0( config, args ) | |||
--[[ | |||
Load Input Parameters | |||
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. | |||
]] | |||
local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); | |||
local i | |||
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates | |||
-- define different field names for the same underlying things. | |||
local author_etal; | |||
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= | |||
local Authors; | |||
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); | |||
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; | |||
do -- to limit scope of selected | |||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); | |||
if 1 == selected then | |||
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | |||
elseif 2 == selected then | |||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be | |||
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | |||
elseif 3 == selected then | |||
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= | |||
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then | |||
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local editor_etal; | |||
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= | |||
do -- to limit scope of selected | |||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn | |||
if 1 == selected then | |||
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | |||
elseif 2 == selected then | |||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be | |||
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases | |||
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); | |||
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) | |||
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then | |||
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution | |||
end | |||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites | |||
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | |||
if 0 < #c then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message | |||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | |||
end | |||
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message | |||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else -- if not a book cite | |||
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message | |||
end | |||
Contribution = nil; -- unset | |||
end | |||
local Title = A['Title']; | |||
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; | |||
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto | |||
local accept_link; | |||
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup | |||
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords | |||
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later | |||
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty | |||
end | |||
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set | |||
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used | |||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then | |||
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} | |||
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present | |||
end | |||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; | |||
local Periodical_origin = ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter | |||
local i; | |||
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated | |||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )}); | |||
end | |||
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); | |||
end | |||
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; | |||
-- web and news not tested for now because of | |||
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? | |||
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter | |||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message | |||
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message | |||
if p[config.CitationClass] then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Volume; | |||
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); | |||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then | |||
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); | |||
local Issue; | |||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' | |||
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' | |||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table | |||
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then | |||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); | |||
local Page; | |||
local Pages; | |||
local At; | |||
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then | |||
Page = A['Page']; | |||
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); | |||
At = A['At']; | |||
end | |||
local Edition = A['Edition']; | |||
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); | |||
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); | |||
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; | |||
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
local i = 0; | |||
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized | |||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? | |||
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); | |||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup | |||
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true); | |||
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS | |||
end | |||
local URL = A['URL'] | |||
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then | |||
UrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; | |||
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then | |||
MapUrlAccess = nil; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language | |||
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories | |||
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page | |||
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns | |||
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
break; -- bail out if one is found | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) | |||
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category | |||
local coins_pages; | |||
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); | |||
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together | |||
if PublicationPlace == Place then | |||
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same | |||
end | |||
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... | |||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | |||
end | |||
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | |||
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL | |||
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL | |||
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; | |||
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); | |||
local Format = A['Format']; | |||
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; | |||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; | |||
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); | |||
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; | |||
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; | |||
--[[ | |||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: | |||
When the citation has these parameters: | |||
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= | |||
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= | |||
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped | |||
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped | |||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified | |||
]] | |||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS | |||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} | |||
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)}); | |||
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )}); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then | |||
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then | |||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= | |||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then | |||
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); | |||
end | |||
Title = Periodical; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | |||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
URL = ''; | |||
Format = ''; | |||
TitleLink = ''; | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set | |||
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= | |||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- special case for cite techreport. | |||
local ID = A['ID']; | |||
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport | |||
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? | |||
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it | |||
else -- ID has a value so emit error message | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode | |||
local Conference = A['Conference']; | |||
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; | |||
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); | |||
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then | |||
Chapter = Title; | |||
Chapter_origin = 'title'; | |||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
URL_origin = ''; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; | |||
Title = BookTitle; | |||
Format = ''; | |||
-- TitleLink = ''; | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
URL = ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then | |||
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string | |||
end | |||
-- CS1/2 mode | |||
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); | |||
-- separator character and postscript | |||
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); | |||
-- controls capitalization of certain static text | |||
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); | |||
-- cite map oddities | |||
local Cartography = ""; | |||
local Scale = ""; | |||
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; | |||
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; | |||
if config.CitationClass == "map" then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Chapter = A['Map']; | |||
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); | |||
ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); | |||
TransChapter = A['TransMap']; | |||
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; | |||
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; | |||
Cartography = A['Cartography']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then | |||
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
Scale = A['Scale']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then | |||
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
local Series = A['Series']; | |||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then | |||
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; | |||
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set | |||
local Network = A['Network']; | |||
local Station = A['Station']; | |||
local s, n = {}, {}; | |||
-- do common parameters first | |||
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end | |||
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); | |||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} | |||
local Season = A['Season']; | |||
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= | |||
end | |||
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series | |||
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end | |||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter | |||
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter | |||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); | |||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
Title = Series; -- promote series to title | |||
TitleLink = SeriesLink; | |||
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number | |||
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL | |||
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; | |||
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); | |||
end | |||
URL = ''; -- unset | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; | |||
else -- now oddities that are cite serial | |||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial | |||
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? | |||
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then | |||
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); | |||
end | |||
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff | |||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | |||
local TitleType = A['TitleType']; | |||
local Degree = A['Degree']; | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then | |||
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); | |||
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis | |||
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified | |||
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses | |||
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem | |||
end | |||
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | |||
local Date = A['Date']; | |||
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging | |||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; | |||
local Year = A['Year']; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | |||
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set | |||
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date | |||
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter | |||
else | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging | |||
end | |||
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation | |||
--[[ | |||
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where | |||
we get the date used in the metadata. | |||
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | |||
]] | |||
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then | |||
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template | |||
end | |||
local ArchiveURL; | |||
local ArchiveDate; | |||
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; | |||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) | |||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); | |||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL | |||
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; | |||
local LayDate = A['LayDate']; | |||
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification | |||
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; | |||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; | |||
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier | |||
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch | |||
local error_message = ''; | |||
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it | |||
local date_parameters_list = { | |||
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, | |||
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, | |||
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, | |||
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | |||
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, | |||
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, | |||
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, | |||
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, | |||
}; | |||
local error_list = {}; | |||
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); | |||
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | |||
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); | |||
end | |||
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | |||
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; | |||
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); | |||
end | |||
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty | |||
local modified = false; -- flag | |||
if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format | |||
modified = true; | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates | |||
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate | |||
end | |||
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate | |||
modified = true; | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category | |||
end | |||
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, | |||
-- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) | |||
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) | |||
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then | |||
-- modified = true; | |||
-- end | |||
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified | |||
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values | |||
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; | |||
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; | |||
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; | |||
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; | |||
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; | |||
end | |||
else | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message | |||
end | |||
end -- end of do | |||
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers | |||
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key | |||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier | |||
local ID_support = { | |||
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, | |||
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | |||
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, | |||
} | |||
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; | |||
end | |||
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free | |||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead | |||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled | |||
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | |||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | |||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message | |||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. | |||
-- Test if citation has no title | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and | |||
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and | |||
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and | |||
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites | |||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL | |||
['title'] = Title, | |||
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter, | |||
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical, | |||
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName | |||
}); | |||
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. | |||
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that | |||
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title | |||
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap | |||
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | |||
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu | |||
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then | |||
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | |||
coins_title = Periodical; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au | |||
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list | |||
coins_author = c; -- use that instead | |||
end | |||
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; | |||
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); | |||
-- this is the function call to COinS() | |||
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ | |||
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata | |||
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS | |||
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup | |||
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only | |||
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup | |||
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, | |||
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; | |||
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, | |||
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, | |||
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? | |||
['Series'] = Series, | |||
['Volume'] = Volume, | |||
['Issue'] = Issue, | |||
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links | |||
['Edition'] = Edition, | |||
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName | |||
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), | |||
['Authors'] = coins_author, | |||
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, | |||
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, | |||
}, config.CitationClass); | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed | |||
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal | |||
end | |||
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text | |||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then | |||
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); | |||
end | |||
local Editors; | |||
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list | |||
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list | |||
local contributor_etal; | |||
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list | |||
local translator_etal; | |||
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs | |||
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | |||
local Interviewers; | |||
local interviewers_list = {}; | |||
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters | |||
local interviewer_etal; | |||
-- Now perform various field substitutions. | |||
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the | |||
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. | |||
do | |||
local last_first_list; | |||
local control = { | |||
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' | |||
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set | |||
mode = Mode | |||
}; | |||
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table | |||
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); | |||
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); | |||
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then | |||
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
do -- now do interviewers | |||
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers')); | |||
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do translators | |||
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); | |||
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do contributors | |||
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); | |||
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do authors | |||
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); | |||
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then | |||
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
if author_etal then | |||
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | |||
end | |||
end -- end of do | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then | |||
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; | |||
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; | |||
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); | |||
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | |||
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported | |||
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then | |||
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? | |||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | |||
AccessDate = ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); | |||
local OriginalURL | |||
local OriginalURL_origin | |||
local OriginalFormat | |||
local OriginalAccess; | |||
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | |||
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it | |||
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | |||
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= | |||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then | |||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL | |||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages | |||
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL | |||
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= | |||
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it | |||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL | |||
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages | |||
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | |||
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
local chap_param; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then | |||
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; | |||
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |||
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | |||
TransChapter = ''; | |||
ChapterURL = ''; | |||
ScriptChapter = ''; | |||
ChapterFormat = ''; | |||
end | |||
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title | |||
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) | |||
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title | |||
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; | |||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title | |||
end | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... | |||
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Format main title | |||
local plain_title = false; | |||
local accept_title; | |||
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> | |||
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" | |||
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message | |||
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now | |||
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now | |||
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= | |||
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three | |||
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... | |||
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) | |||
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title | |||
end | |||
if is_generic_title (Title) then | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or | |||
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article | |||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks | |||
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); | |||
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title | |||
else | |||
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); | |||
end | |||
local TransError = ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then | |||
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; | |||
else | |||
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? | |||
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both | |||
TitleLink = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; | |||
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed | |||
Format = ""; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
local ws_url; | |||
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here | |||
if ws_url then | |||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | |||
else | |||
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; | |||
end | |||
else | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup | |||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | |||
else | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Title = TransTitle .. TransError; | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Place) then | |||
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; | |||
end | |||
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL | |||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then | |||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then | |||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
local Position = ''; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then | |||
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; | |||
local Time = A['Time']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Time) then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); | |||
end | |||
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; | |||
else | |||
if utilities.is_set (Time) then | |||
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] | |||
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then | |||
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; | |||
if sepc ~= '.' then | |||
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Position = " " .. Position; | |||
At = ''; | |||
end | |||
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); | |||
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; | |||
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; | |||
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then | |||
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier | |||
local Inset = A['Inset']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then | |||
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then | |||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then | |||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
At = At .. Inset .. Section; | |||
end | |||
local Others = A['Others']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= | |||
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" | |||
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then | |||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then | |||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | |||
end | |||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; | |||
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then | |||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error | |||
end | |||
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); | |||
else | |||
Edition = ''; | |||
end | |||
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum | |||
local Agency = A['Agency']; | |||
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; | |||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); | |||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then | |||
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] | |||
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format | |||
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case | |||
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text | |||
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end | |||
local Docket = A['Docket']; | |||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then | |||
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; | |||
end | |||
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set | |||
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); | |||
end | |||
local Quote = A['Quote']; | |||
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; | |||
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then | |||
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks | |||
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags | |||
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then | |||
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then | |||
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks | |||
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off | |||
end | |||
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix | |||
local quote_prefix = ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
if not NoPP then | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; | |||
else | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
elseif not NoPP then | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
else | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; | |||
else | |||
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; | |||
end | |||
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set | |||
end | |||
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by | |||
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't | |||
-- a displayed postscript. | |||
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? | |||
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? | |||
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then | |||
utilities.set_message('maint_postscript') | |||
end | |||
local Archived | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then | |||
local arch_text; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then | |||
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); | |||
end | |||
if "live" == UrlStatus then | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], | |||
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then | |||
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' | |||
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled | |||
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
end | |||
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, | |||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled | |||
end | |||
else -- OriginalUrl not set | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, | |||
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then | |||
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message | |||
else | |||
Archived = "" | |||
end | |||
local Lay = ''; | |||
local LaySource = A['LaySource']; | |||
local LayURL = A['LayURL']; | |||
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; | |||
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); | |||
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end | |||
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then | |||
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; | |||
else | |||
LaySource = ""; | |||
end | |||
if sepc == '.' then | |||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | |||
else | |||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= | |||
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message | |||
end | |||
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] | |||
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; | |||
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); | |||
local Transcript = A['Transcript']; | |||
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL | |||
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
local Publisher; | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then | |||
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then | |||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | |||
else | |||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then | |||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; | |||
else | |||
Publisher = PublicationDate; | |||
end | |||
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; | |||
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); | |||
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. | |||
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then | |||
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); | |||
else | |||
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Language = A['Language']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Language) then | |||
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. | |||
else | |||
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; | |||
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter | |||
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType | |||
]] | |||
end | |||
--[[ | |||
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that | |||
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). | |||
]] | |||
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only | |||
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter | |||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set | |||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. | |||
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA | |||
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. | |||
local tcommon; | |||
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 | |||
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); | |||
else -- all other CS1 templates | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, | |||
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
if #ID_list > 0 then | |||
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
ID_list = ID; | |||
end | |||
local Via = A['Via']; | |||
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; | |||
local idcommon; | |||
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript | |||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
local text; | |||
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; | |||
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; | |||
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set | |||
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses | |||
else -- neither of authors and editors set | |||
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc | |||
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc | |||
else | |||
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then | |||
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination | |||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then | |||
local in_text = " "; | |||
local post_text = ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then | |||
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " | |||
if (sepc ~= '.') then | |||
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case | |||
else | |||
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; | |||
end | |||
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. | |||
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; | |||
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | |||
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here | |||
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated | |||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination | |||
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; | |||
else | |||
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | |||
else | |||
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | |||
end | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then | |||
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | |||
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | |||
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element | |||
local options = {}; | |||
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then | |||
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= | |||
else | |||
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2'); | |||
end | |||
local Ref = A['Ref']; | |||
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value | |||
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then | |||
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally | |||
end | |||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then | |||
local id = Ref | |||
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list | |||
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation | |||
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list | |||
namelist = c; -- select it | |||
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list | |||
namelist = a; | |||
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list | |||
namelist = e; | |||
end | |||
local citeref_id | |||
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist | |||
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor | |||
else | |||
citeref_id = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
if citeref_id == Ref then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); | |||
end | |||
if 'harv' == Ref then | |||
id = citeref_id | |||
end | |||
options.id = id; | |||
end | |||
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains | |||
z.error_categories = {}; | |||
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); | |||
z.message_tail = {}; | |||
end | |||
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation | |||
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set | |||
else | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases | |||
end | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation | |||
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then | |||
table.insert (render, ' '); | |||
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do | |||
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then | |||
if i == #z.message_tail then | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] )); | |||
else | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then | |||
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages | |||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | |||
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message | |||
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name | |||
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text | |||
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link | |||
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it | |||
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table | |||
end | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save | |||
end | |||
if not no_tracking_cats then | |||
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories | |||
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return table.concat (render); | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. | |||
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: | |||
true - active, supported parameters | |||
false - deprecated, supported parameters | |||
nil - unsupported parameters | |||
]] | |||
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) | |||
local name = tostring (name); | |||
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' | |||
local state; | |||
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values | |||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | |||
if false == state then | |||
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns | |||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
if 'discouraged' == state then | |||
discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates | |||
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
-- limited enumerated parameters list | |||
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) | |||
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | |||
end -- end limited parameter-set templates | |||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list | |||
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
end -- if here, fall into general validation | |||
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
-- all enumerated parameters allowed | |||
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) | |||
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- | |||
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language | |||
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): | |||
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text | |||
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text | |||
return value as is else | |||
]=] | |||
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) | |||
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists | |||
local _; | |||
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message | |||
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink | |||
end | |||
return value; | |||
end | end | ||
-------------------------------------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ | ||
-- | |||
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal | |||
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a | |||
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: | |||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name | |||
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) | |||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML | |||
tags are removed before the search. | |||
-- | |||
-- | If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. | ||
-- | |||
-- | ]] | ||
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) | |||
local capture; | |||
-- | value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. | ||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes | |||
------------------------------------------------------------------------ | if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- | |||
-- | |||
-- | look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked | ||
-- | |||
-- | ]] | ||
-- | |||
-- | local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) | ||
-- | if 'number' == type (param) then | ||
-- | return; | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | |||
-- | param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize | ||
-- | if cfg.punct_skip[param] then | ||
-- | return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | |||
-- | if value:match ('[,;:]$') then | ||
-- | utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | |||
-- | |||
-- | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
-- | |||
-- | This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. | ||
-- | |||
-- | ]] | ||
-- | |||
-- | local function citation(frame) | ||
-- | Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode | ||
-- | local pframe = frame:getParent() | ||
-- | local styles; | ||
-- | |||
-- | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? | ||
-- | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules | ||
-- | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); | ||
-- | utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); | ||
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); | |||
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); | |||
-- | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); | ||
-- | styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; | ||
else -- otherwise | |||
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules | |||
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); | |||
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); | |||
-- | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); | ||
-- | identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); | ||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); | |||
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; | |||
end | |||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables | |||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | |||
-- | validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module | ||
-- | metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | ||
-- | |||
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
-- | |||
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments | |||
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them | |||
-- | local error_text, error_state; | ||
-- | |||
-- | local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} | ||
-- | for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame | ||
-- | config[k] = v; | ||
-- | -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | |||
- | local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns | ||
-- | local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing | ||
- | for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame | ||
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string | |||
if v ~= '' then | |||
if ('string' == type (k)) then | |||
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 | |||
end | |||
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then | |||
error_text = ""; | |||
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then | |||
-- exclude empty numbered parameters | |||
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true ); | |||
end | |||
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter | |||
else | |||
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it | |||
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? | |||
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version | |||
else | |||
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version | |||
end | |||
end | |||
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter | |||
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match | |||
if capture then -- if the pattern matches | |||
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) | |||
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message | |||
else | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template | |||
v = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? | |||
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); | |||
else | |||
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); | |||
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if error_text ~= '' then | |||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value | |||
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters | |||
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter | |||
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text | |||
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list | |||
end | |||
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? | |||
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) | |||
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here | |||
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? | |||
end | |||
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message | |||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { | |||
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', | |||
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) | |||
}, true )}); | |||
end | |||
for k, v in pairs( args ) do | |||
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters | |||
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters | |||
end | |||
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values | |||
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? | |||
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label | |||
end | |||
return table.concat ({ | |||
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), | |||
citation0( config, args) | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ | |||
]] | |||
return {citation = citation}; |
Latest revision as of 11:41, 21 May 2021
Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc
require('Module:No globals'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } ); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '[', [']'] = ']', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set ( source ) then error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return table.concat ({base_url, error_str}); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------ Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation. added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function discouraged_parameter(name) if not added_discouraged_cat then added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) local periodical_error = ''; if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical .. periodical_error; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not utilities.is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- Boolean str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str; else return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) if utilities.is_set (name) then if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration if utilities.is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >---------------------- Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name. Some language names have multiple entries under different codes: Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct) return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code end local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes local ietf_name; local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported return name, code; -- so return the name and the code end ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code end end -- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap if name then -- there was a remapped code so if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code end else lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end end if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it end else utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword else table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine if utilities.is_set (volume) then if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); else -- four or less characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end if utilities.is_set (issue) then return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. ]] local function is_generic_title (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then return true; -- found English generic title so done elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; -- found local generic title so done end end end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = ''; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); end end local Volume; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); local Page; local Pages; local At; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); end end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true); if utilities.is_set (error_text) then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local URL = A['URL'] local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)}); Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template end end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- CS1/2 mode local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); -- controls capitalization of certain static text local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format modified = true; end if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) -- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end else table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } ); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL ['title'] = Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter, [Periodical_origin] = Periodical, [PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end local QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers')); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic_title (Title) then table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency']; Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end local Quote = A['Quote']; local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then if utilities.is_set (Quote) then if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); end if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; elseif not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; end end Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; else Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; end PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message('maint_postscript') end local Archived if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); end if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else -- OriginalUrl not set arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options = {}; if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2'); end local Ref = A['Ref']; if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally end if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then local id = Ref local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end local citeref_id if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end if citeref_id == Ref then utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end if 'harv' == Ref then id = citeref_id end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table end table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v})); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'discouraged' == state then discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)}); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode local pframe = frame:getParent() local styles; if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }, true )}); end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label end return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), citation0( config, args) }); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation};